blob: c2051a50166ca8d3e9d937d00202e5e2973e9c8f [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000029//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
30// Standard Promotions and Conversions
31//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
32
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000033/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
34void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
35 QualType Ty = E->getType();
36 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
37
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000038 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
39 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000040 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
41 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
42 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
43 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
44 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
45 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
46 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +000047 //
48 // C++ 4.2p1:
49 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
50 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
51 //
52 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
53 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +000054 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
55 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000056}
57
58/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
59/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
60/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
61/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
62/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
63Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
64 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
65 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
66
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +000067 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
68 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
69 else
70 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
71
72 return Expr;
73}
74
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +000075/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
76/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
77/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
78void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
79 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
80 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
81
82 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
83 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
84 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
85 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
86
87 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
88}
89
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +000090// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
91// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
92void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT)
93
94{
95 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
96
97 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
98 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
99 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
100 Expr->getType() << CT;
101 }
102}
103
104
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000105/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
106/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
107/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
108/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
109/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
110/// GCC.
111QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
112 bool isCompAssign) {
113 if (!isCompAssign) {
114 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
115 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
116 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000117
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000118 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
119 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000120 QualType lhs =
121 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
122 QualType rhs =
123 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000124
125 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
126 if (lhs == rhs)
127 return lhs;
128
129 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
130 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
131 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
132 return lhs;
133
134 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
135 if (!isCompAssign) {
136 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
137 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
138 }
139 return destType;
140}
141
142QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
143 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
144 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
145 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
146 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
147 // equivalent.
Douglas Gregor3d4492e2008-11-13 20:12:29 +0000148 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) lhs = Context.IntTy;
149 else lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
150 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType()) rhs = Context.IntTy;
151 else rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000152
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000153 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
154 if (lhs == rhs)
155 return lhs;
156
157 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
158 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
159 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
160 return lhs;
161
162 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
163
164 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
165 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
166 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
167 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
168 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169 return lhs;
170 }
171 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
172 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000173 return rhs;
174 }
175 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
176 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
177 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
178 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
179 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
180 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
181 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
182 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
183 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
184 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
185 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
186
187 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
188 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000189 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
190 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191 }
192 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
193 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
194 // does not require this promotion.
195 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
196 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000197 return rhs;
198 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000199 return lhs;
200 }
201 }
202 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
203 }
204 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
205 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
206 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000207 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000208 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000209 return lhs;
210 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000211 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
212 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
213 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
214 }
215 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000216 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000217 return rhs;
218 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000219 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
220 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
221 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
222 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000223 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
224 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
225 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
226
227 if (result > 0) { // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000228 return lhs;
229 }
230 if (result < 0) { // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000231 return rhs;
232 }
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000233 assert(0 && "Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(): illegal float comparison");
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000234 }
235 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
236 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
237 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
238 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
239
240 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
241 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
242 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0) {
243 // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000244 return lhs;
245 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000246 return rhs;
247 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
248 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000249 return lhs;
250 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
251 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252 return rhs;
253 }
254 }
255 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
256 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
257 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
258 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
259 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
260 QualType destType;
261 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
262 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
263 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
264 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
265 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
266 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
267 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
268 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
269 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
270 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
271 // use the signed type.
272 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
273 } else {
274 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
275 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
276 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
277 // to the signed type.
278 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
279 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000280 return destType;
281}
282
283//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
284// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
285//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
286
287
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000288/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000289/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
290/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
291/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
292/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000293///
294Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000295Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000296 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
297
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000298 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000299 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000300 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000301
302 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
303 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
304 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000305
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000306 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000307 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000308 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000309
310 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
311 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
312 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000313
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000314 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
315 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
316 // strings.
317 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
318 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetStringLength()+1),
319 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000320
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000321 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Ted Kremenek4f530a92009-02-06 19:55:15 +0000322 return Owned(new (Context) StringLiteral(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000323 Literal.GetStringLength(),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000324 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
325 StringToks[0].getLocation(),
326 StringToks[NumStringToks-1].getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000327}
328
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000329/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
330/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
331/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
332/// for values inside the block or for globals).
333///
334/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
335/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
336/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
337static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
338 ValueDecl *VD) {
339 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
340 // we wanted to.
341 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
342 return false;
343
344 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
345 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
346 return false;
347
348 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
349 // snapshot it.
350 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
351 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
352 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
353
354 return true;
355}
356
357
358
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000359/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000360/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000361/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000363/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000364Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
365 IdentifierInfo &II,
366 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000367 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
368 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
369 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000370 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000371}
372
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000373/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
374/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
375/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000376DeclRefExpr *
377Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
378 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
379 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000380 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
381 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000382 ValueDependent, SS->getRange().getBegin());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000383 else
384 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000385}
386
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000387/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
388/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
389/// is Record.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000390static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000391 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
392 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
393
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000394 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000395 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
396 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
397 // this even better.
398 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
399 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
400 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
401 D != DEnd; ++D) {
402 if (*D == Record) {
403 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
404 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
405 ++D;
406 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000407 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000408 return *D;
409 }
410 }
411
412 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
413 return 0;
414}
415
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000416Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000417Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
418 FieldDecl *Field,
419 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
420 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
421 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
422 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
423 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
424
425 // Construct the sequence of field member references
426 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
427 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
428 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
429 // the current context to the field we found.
430 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
431 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
432 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
433 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
434 do {
435 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000436 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000437 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
438 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
439 else {
440 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
441 break;
442 }
443 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
444 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
445 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
446
447 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
448 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
449 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
450 // found via name lookup.
451 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
452 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
453 if (BaseObject) {
454 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
455 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000456 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000457 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000458 SourceLocation());
459 ExtraQuals
460 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
461 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
462 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
463 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
464 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
465 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
466 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
467 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
468 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
469 }
470 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
471 } else {
472 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
473 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
474 // program our base object expression is "this".
475 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
476 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
477 QualType AnonFieldType
478 = Context.getTagDeclType(
479 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
480 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
481 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
482 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
483 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
484 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000485 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000486 MD->getThisType(Context));
487 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
488 }
489 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000490 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
491 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 }
493 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
494 }
495
496 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000497 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
498 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 }
500
501 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
502 // anonymous struct/union.
503 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
504 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
505 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
506 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
507 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
508 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
509 unsigned combinedQualifiers
510 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
511 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
512 }
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000513 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
514 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000515 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
516 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
517 OpLoc = SourceLocation();
518 }
519
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000520 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521}
522
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000523/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
524/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
525/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
526/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
527/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
528/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
529/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
530/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
531/// forms.
532///
533/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
534/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
535/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
536/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000537///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000538/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
539/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
540/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
541/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000542Sema::OwningExprResult
543Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
544 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000545 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000546 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000547 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000548 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
549 return ExprError();
550 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000551
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
553 HasTrailingLParen && Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::NotFound) {
554 // We've seen something of the form
555 //
556 // identifier(
557 //
558 // and we did not find any entity by the name
559 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
560 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
561 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
562 Context.OverloadTy,
563 Loc));
564 }
565
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000566 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000567 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
568 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
569 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
570 : SourceRange());
571 return ExprError();
572 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000573 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000574
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000575 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
576 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000577 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
578 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000579 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
580 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
581 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current method (i.e. a global
582 // variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with this
583 // name, if the lookup suceeds, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000584 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000585 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000586 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II)) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000587 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
588 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
589 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000590 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000591 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
592 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000593 true, true);
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +0000594 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000595 return Owned(MRef);
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000596 }
597 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000598 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000599 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000600 QualType T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000601 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000602 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000603 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000604 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000605 if (D == 0) {
606 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
607 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000608 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000609 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000610 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000611 else {
612 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
613 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000614 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000615 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
616 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
618 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000619 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
620 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000621 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000622 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000623 }
624 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000625
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
627 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
628 // not any specific instance's member.
629 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000630 DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000631 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000632 QualType DType;
633 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
634 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
635 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
636 DType = Method->getType();
637 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
638 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
639 }
640 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
641 if (!DType.isNull()) {
642 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
643 // dependent.
644 bool Dependent = false;
645 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
646 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
647 if (DC->isRecord()) {
648 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
649 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
650 Dependent = true;
651 break;
652 }
653 }
654 }
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000655 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000656 }
657 }
658 }
659
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
661 // (C++ [class.union]).
662 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
663 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
664 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000665
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000666 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
667 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
668 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
669 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
670 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
671 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
672 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
673 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
674 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
675 QualType MemberType;
676 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
677 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
678 MemberType = FD->getType();
679
680 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
681 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
682 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
683 unsigned combinedQualifiers
684 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
685 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
686 }
687 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
688 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
689 Ctx = Method->getParent();
690 MemberType = Method->getType();
691 }
692 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
693 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
694 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
695 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
696 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
697 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
698 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
699 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
700 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
701 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
702 break;
703 }
704 }
705 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000706
707 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000708 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
709 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
710 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
711 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
712 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
713 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000714 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000715 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000716 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000717 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000718 }
719 }
720 }
721 }
722
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000723 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000724 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
725 if (MD->isStatic())
726 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000727 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
728 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000729 }
730
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000731 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
732 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
733 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000734 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
735 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000736 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000737
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000738 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000739 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000740 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000741 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000742 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000743 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000744
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000745 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000746 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000747 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
748 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000749 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
750 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
751 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000752 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000753
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000754 // check if referencing an identifier with __attribute__((deprecated)).
755 if (VD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000756 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << VD->getDeclName());
757
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000758 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
759 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
760 Scope *CheckS = S;
761 while (CheckS) {
762 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
763 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(Var)) {
764 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000765 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
766 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000767 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000768 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
769 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000770 break;
771 }
772
773 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
774 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
775 if (CheckS)
776 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
777 }
778 }
779 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000780
781 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
782 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000783 return ExprError();
784
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000785 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
786 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
787 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
788 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000789 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000790 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
791 // as they do not get snapshotted.
792 //
793 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000794 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
795 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000796 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000797 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000798
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000799 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
800 VD->getType().addConst();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000801 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD,
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000802 VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, false));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000803 }
804 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
805 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000806
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000807 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000808 bool ValueDependent = false;
809 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
810 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
811 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
812 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
813 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
814 TypeDependent = true;
815 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
816 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
817 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
818 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
819 TypeDependent = true;
820 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
821 // names a dependent type.
822 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
823 for (DeclContext *DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS->getScopeRep());
824 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
825 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000826 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000827 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
828 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
829 TypeDependent = true;
830 break;
831 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000832 }
833 }
834 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000835
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000836 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
837 //
838 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
839 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
840 if (TypeDependent)
841 ValueDependent = true;
842 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
843 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
844 ValueDependent = true;
845 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
846 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
847 // (FIXME!).
848 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000849
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000850 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
851 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000852}
853
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000854Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
855 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000856 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000858 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000859 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000860 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
861 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
862 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000863 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000864
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000865 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
866 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000867 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000868 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
869 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +0000870 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
871 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
872 else {
873 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
874 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
875 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
876 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000877
878
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000879 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000880 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000881 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000882 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000883}
884
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000885Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000886 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
887 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
888 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
889 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000890
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000891 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
892 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
893 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000894 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +0000895
896 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
897
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000898 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
899 Literal.isWide(),
900 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000901}
902
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000903Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
904 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000905 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
906 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +0000907 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +0000908 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000909 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +0000910 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000911 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +0000912
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000913 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +0000914 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
915 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000916 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000917
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000918 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
919 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000920
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000921 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
922 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
923 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000924 return ExprError();
925
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000926 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000927
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000928 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000929 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000930 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000931 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000932 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +0000933 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000934 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000935 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000936
937 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
938
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +0000939 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
940 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +0000941 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
942 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000943
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000944 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000945 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +0000946 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000947 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000948
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000949 // long long is a C99 feature.
950 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +0000951 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +0000952 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
953
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000954 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000955 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000956
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000957 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
958 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
959 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000960 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
961 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000962 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000963 } else {
964 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
965 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000966
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000967 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
968 // be an unsigned int.
969 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
970
971 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000972 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +0000973 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
974 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000975 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000976
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000977 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
978 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
979 // Does it fit in a signed int?
980 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000981 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000982 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000983 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000984 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000985 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000986 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000987
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000988 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000989 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000990 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000991
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000992 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
993 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
994 // Does it fit in a signed long?
995 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000996 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000997 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +0000998 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +0000999 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001000 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001001 }
1002
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001003 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001004 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001005 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001006
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001007 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1008 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1009 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1010 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001011 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001012 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001013 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001014 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001015 }
1016 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001017
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001018 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1019 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001020 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001021 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001022 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001023 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001024 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001026 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1027 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001028 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001029 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001030 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001031
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001032 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1033 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001034 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1035 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001036
1037 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001038}
1039
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001040Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1041 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1042 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001043 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001044 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001045}
1046
1047/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1048/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001049bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
1050 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1051 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1052 bool isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001053 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001054 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001055 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001056 if (isSizeof)
1057 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1058 return false;
1059 }
1060
1061 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001062 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1063 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001064 return false;
1065 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001066
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001067 return DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1068 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1069 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1070 ExprRange);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001071}
1072
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001073bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1074 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1075 E = E->IgnoreParens();
1076
1077 // alignof decl is always ok.
1078 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1079 return false;
1080
1081 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1082 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1083 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001084 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001085 return true;
1086 }
1087 // Other fields are ok.
1088 return false;
1089 }
1090 }
1091 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1092}
1093
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001094/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1095/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1096/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001097Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001098Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1099 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001100 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001101 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001102
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001103 QualType ArgTy;
1104 SourceRange Range;
1105 if (isType) {
1106 ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1107 Range = ArgRange;
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001108
1109 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1110 if (CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, isSizeof))
1111 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001112 } else {
1113 // Get the end location.
1114 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1115 Range = ArgEx->getSourceRange();
1116 ArgTy = ArgEx->getType();
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001117
1118 // Verify that the operand is valid.
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001119 bool isInvalid;
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001120 if (!isSizeof) {
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001121 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, Range);
Chris Lattner364a42d2009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001122 } else if (ArgEx->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1123 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1124 isInvalid = true;
1125 } else {
1126 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(ArgTy, OpLoc, Range, true);
1127 }
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001128
1129 if (isInvalid) {
Chris Lattnera78909b2009-01-24 19:49:13 +00001130 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1131 return ExprError();
1132 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001133 }
1134
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001135 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001136 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeof, isType, TyOrEx,
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001137 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1138 Range.getEnd()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001139}
1140
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00001141QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001142 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1143
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001144 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001145 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1146 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001147
1148 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1149 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1150 return V->getType();
1151
1152 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001153 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001154 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001155}
1156
1157
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001158
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001159Action::OwningExprResult
1160Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1161 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1162 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001163
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001164 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1165 switch (Kind) {
1166 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1167 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1168 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1169 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001170
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001171 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1172 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1173 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001174 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001175 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1176
1177 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1178 //
1179 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1180 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1181 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1182 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1183 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1184 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1185 // argument will have value zero.
1186 Expr *Args[2] = {
1187 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001188 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1189 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001190 };
1191
1192 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1193 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001194 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
1195 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001196
1197 // Perform overload resolution.
1198 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1199 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1200 case OR_Success: {
1201 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1202 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1203
1204 if (FnDecl) {
1205 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1206 // operator.
1207
1208 // Convert the arguments.
1209 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1210 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001211 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001212 } else {
1213 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001214 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001215 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1216 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001217 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001218 }
1219
1220 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001221 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001222 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1223 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001224
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001225 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001226 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001227 SourceLocation());
1228 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1229
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001230 Input.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001231 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
1232 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001233 } else {
1234 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1235 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1236 // operator node.
1237 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1238 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001239 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001240
1241 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001242 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001243 }
1244
1245 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1246 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1247 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1248 break;
1249
1250 case OR_Ambiguous:
1251 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1252 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1253 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1254 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001255 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001256 }
1257
1258 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1259 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1260 // build a built-in operation.
1261 }
1262
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001263 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1264 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001265 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001266 return ExprError();
1267 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001268 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001269}
1270
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001271Action::OwningExprResult
1272Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1273 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1274 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1275 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001276
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001277 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001278 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001279 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1280 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1281 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001282 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1283 // to the candidate set.
1284 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1285 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00001286 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1287 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc)))
1288 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001289
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001290 // Perform overload resolution.
1291 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1292 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1293 case OR_Success: {
1294 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1295 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1296
1297 if (FnDecl) {
1298 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1299 // operator.
1300
1301 // Convert the arguments.
1302 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1303 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1304 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1305 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1306 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001307 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001308 } else {
1309 // Convert the arguments.
1310 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1311 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1312 "passing") ||
1313 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1314 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1315 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001316 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001317 }
1318
1319 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001320 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001321 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1322 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001323
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001324 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001325 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001326 SourceLocation());
1327 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1328
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001329 Base.release();
1330 Idx.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001331 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001332 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001333 } else {
1334 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1335 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1336 // operator node.
1337 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1338 "passing") ||
1339 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1340 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001341 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001342
1343 break;
1344 }
1345 }
1346
1347 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1348 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1349 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1350 break;
1351
1352 case OR_Ambiguous:
1353 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1354 << "[]"
1355 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1356 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001357 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001358 }
1359
1360 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1361 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1362 // build a built-in operation.
1363 }
1364
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 // Perform default conversions.
1366 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1367 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001368
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001369 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1370
1371 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001372 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001373 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
1374 // and index from the expression types.
1375 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1376 QualType ResultType;
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001377 if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001378 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1379 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1380 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1381 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001382 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001383 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1384 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1385 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1386 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1387 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001388 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1389 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001390 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001391
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001392 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1393 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
1394 } else {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001395 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1396 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1397 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001398 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
1399 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001400 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1401 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001402
1403 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". In practice,
1404 // the following check catches trying to index a pointer to a function (e.g.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00001405 // void (*)(int)) and pointers to incomplete types. Functions are not
1406 // objects in C99.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001407 if (!ResultType->isObjectType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001408 return ExprError(Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001409 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_object)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001410 << BaseExpr->getType() << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001411
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001412 Base.release();
1413 Idx.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001414 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1415 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001416}
1417
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001418QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001419CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001420 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001421 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001422
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001423 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1424 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001425
1426 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
1427 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1428 // to be selected.
1429 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
1430
1431 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1432 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1433 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001434
1435 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1436 // names must come from the same set.
1437 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001438 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1439 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001440 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001441 do
1442 compStr++;
1443 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001444 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001445 do
1446 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001447 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001448 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001449
1450 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001451 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1452 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001453 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1454 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001455 return QualType();
1456 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001457
1458 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1459 // operates on.
1460 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1461 compStr = CompName.getName();
1462
1463 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001464 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001465
1466 while (*compStr) {
1467 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1468 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1469 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1470 return QualType();
1471 }
1472 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001473 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001474
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001475 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1476 // number of elements.
1477 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001478 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001479 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001480 return QualType();
1481 }
1482
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001483 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
1484 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
1485 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001486 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001487 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001488 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1489 : CompName.getLength();
1490 if (HexSwizzle)
1491 CompSize--;
1492
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001493 if (CompSize == 1)
1494 return vecType->getElementType();
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001495
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001496 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001497 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001498 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1499 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1500 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1501 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001502 }
1503 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001504}
1505
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001506/// constructSetterName - Return the setter name for the given
1507/// identifier, i.e. "set" + Name where the initial character of Name
1508/// has been capitalized.
1509// FIXME: Merge with same routine in Parser. But where should this
1510// live?
1511static IdentifierInfo *constructSetterName(IdentifierTable &Idents,
1512 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1513 llvm::SmallString<100> SelectorName;
1514 SelectorName = "set";
1515 SelectorName.append(Name->getName(), Name->getName()+Name->getLength());
1516 SelectorName[3] = toupper(SelectorName[3]);
1517 return &Idents.get(&SelectorName[0], &SelectorName[SelectorName.size()]);
1518}
1519
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001520Action::OwningExprResult
1521Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1522 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
1523 IdentifierInfo &Member) {
1524 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001525 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001526
1527 // Perform default conversions.
1528 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001530 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1531 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001532
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001533 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1534 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001535 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001536 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001537 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001538 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001539 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1540 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001541 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001542 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1543 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1544 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001545 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001546
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001547 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1548 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001549 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001550 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001551 if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
1552 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1553 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1554 return ExprError();
1555
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001556 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001557 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1558 // than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001559 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001560 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001561 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001562
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001563 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = 0;
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001564 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001565 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1566 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1567 else if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1568 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1569 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1570 return ExprError();
1571 } else
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001572 MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001573
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001574 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001575 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1576 // (C++ [class.union]).
1577 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001578 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001580
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001581 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1582 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001583 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001584 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1585 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1586 else {
1587 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1588 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001589 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001590 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1591 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1592 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001593
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001594 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1595 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001596 } else if (CXXClassVarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<CXXClassVarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001597 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001598 Var, MemberLoc,
1599 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001600 else if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001601 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1602 MemberFn, MemberLoc, MemberFn->getType()));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001603 else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001604 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001605 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001606 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001607 else if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001608 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Enum,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001609 MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001610 else if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001611 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1612 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001613
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001614 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1615 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1616 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001617 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1618 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1619 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001620 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001622 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1623 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001624 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001625 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001626 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
1627 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianea944842008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001628 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1629 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001631 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001632 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1633 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1634 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001635 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001636
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001637 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1638 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1639 const PointerType *PTy;
1640 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1641 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1642 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1643 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001644
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001645 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001646 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001647 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001648 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1649
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001650 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001651 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1652 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
1653 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001654 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001655 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001656
1657 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1658 // selector is implemented.
1659
1660 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1661 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1662
1663 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1664 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001666 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1667 if (!Getter)
1668 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1669 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1670 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1671 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1672 Getter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1673
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001674 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1675 if (!Getter) {
1676 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1677 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1678 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1679 }
1680 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001681 if (Getter) {
1682 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00001683 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1684 IdentifierInfo *SetterName = constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1685 &Member);
1686 Selector SetterSel = PP.getSelectorTable().getUnarySelector(SetterName);
1687 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1688 if (!Setter) {
1689 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1690 // methods.
1691 if (ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl())
1692 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface())
1693 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1694 ObjCImplementations[ClassDecl->getIdentifier()])
1695 Setter = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1696 }
1697 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1698 if (!Setter) {
1699 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
1700 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1701 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1702 }
1703 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704
1705 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001706 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, Getter->getResultType(),
1707 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001708 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709
1710 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1711 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00001712 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001713 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
1714 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
1715 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
1716 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1717 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001718 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00001719 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001720 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001721 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001722 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1723 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1724 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001725 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
1726 OMD->getResultType(), OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc, NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00001727 }
1728 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729
1730 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
1731 << &Member << BaseType);
1732 }
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001733 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
1734 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType() && OpKind == tok::period) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001735 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
1736 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001737 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001738 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
1739 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001740 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001741
1742 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1743 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
1744 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001745}
1746
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001747/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
1748/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
1749/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
1750/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
1751/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
1752/// true if the call is ill-formed.
1753bool
1754Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
1755 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
1756 const FunctionTypeProto *Proto,
1757 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
1758 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1759 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
1760 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
1761 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
1762 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001763 bool Invalid = false;
1764
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001765 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
1766 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
1767 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
1768 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
1769 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
1770 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
1771 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
1772 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001773 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001774 }
1775
1776 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
1777 // them.
1778 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
1779 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
1780 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1781 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
1782 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
1783 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
1784 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
1785 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00001786 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001787 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001788 }
1789 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
1790 }
1791
1792 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
1793 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
1794 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
1795
1796 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001797 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001798 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001799
1800 // Pass the argument.
1801 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
1802 return true;
1803 } else
1804 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001805 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001806 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00001807
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001808 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1809 }
1810
1811 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
1812 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001813 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
1814 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
1815 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
1816 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
1817 CallType = VariadicMethod;
1818
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001819 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
1820 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1821 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00001822 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001823 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
1824 }
1825 }
1826
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00001827 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001828}
1829
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00001830/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001831/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
1832/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001833Action::OwningExprResult
1834Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1835 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001836 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001837 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
1838 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
1839 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001840 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001841 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001842 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001843
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001844 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001845 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
1846 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
1847 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
1848 bool Dependent = false;
1849 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
1850 Dependent = true;
1851 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
1852 Dependent = true;
1853
1854 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001855 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001856 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
1857
1858 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
1859 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
1860 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1861 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
1862
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001863 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001864 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
1865 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
1866 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001867 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
1868 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001869 }
1870
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001871 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00001872 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001873 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
1874 bool ADL = true;
1875 while (true) {
1876 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
1877 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
1878 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001879 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
1880 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001881 ADL = false;
1882 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
1883 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
1884 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
1885 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
1886 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
1887 } else {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001888 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
1889 DRExpr = cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr);
1890
1891 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
1892 ADL = ADL && !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
1893 }
1894 else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
1895 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr))
1896 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
1897 else {
1898 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
1899 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
1900 ADL = false;
1901 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001902 break;
1903 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001904 }
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001905
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001906 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
1907 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001908 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001909 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
1910 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001911
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001912 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || Ovl || UnqualifiedName)) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001913 // We don't perform ADL for builtins.
1914 if (FDecl && FDecl->getIdentifier() &&
1915 FDecl->getIdentifier()->getBuiltinID())
1916 ADL = false;
1917
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001918 if (Ovl || ADL) {
1919 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
1920 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001921 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
1922 if (!FDecl)
1923 return ExprError();
1924
1925 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
1926 Expr *NewFn = 0;
1927 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00001928 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001929 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1930 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
1931 false, false,
1932 QDRExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1933 else
1934 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
1935 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
1936 Fn->Destroy(Context);
1937 Fn = NewFn;
1938 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001939 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00001940
1941 // Promote the function operand.
1942 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
1943
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001944 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
1945 // of arguments and function on error.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001946 // FIXME: Except that llvm::OwningPtr uses delete, when it really must be
1947 // Destroy(), or nothing gets cleaned up.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00001948 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
1949 Args, NumArgs,
1950 Context.BoolTy,
1951 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001952
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001953 const FunctionType *FuncT;
1954 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
1955 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
1956 // have type pointer to function".
1957 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
1958 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001959 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1960 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001961 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
1962 } else { // This is a block call.
1963 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
1964 getAsFunctionType();
1965 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001966 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001967 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
1968 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
1969
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001970 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00001971 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001972
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001973 if (const FunctionTypeProto *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(FuncT)) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001974 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
1975 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001976 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001977 } else {
1978 assert(isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001979
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001980 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001981 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
1982 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
1983 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
1984 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00001985 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001986 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00001987
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001988 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
1989 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001990 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
1991 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001992
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001993 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00001994 if (FDecl)
1995 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00001996
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001997 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001998}
1999
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002000Action::OwningExprResult
2001Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2002 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002003 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002004 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2005 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002006 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002007 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002008
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002009 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002010 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002011 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2012 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002013 } else if (DiagnoseIncompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2014 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2015 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002016 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002017
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002018 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002019 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002020 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002021
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002022 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002023 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002024 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002025 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002026 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002027 InitExpr.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002028 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
2029 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002030}
2031
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002032Action::OwningExprResult
2033Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
2034 InitListDesignations &Designators,
2035 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2036 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2037 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002038
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002039 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Steve Naroff1c9de712007-09-03 01:24:23 +00002040 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002041
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002042 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002043 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002044 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002045 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002046}
2047
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002048/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002049bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002050 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2051
2052 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2053 // type needs to be scalar.
2054 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2055 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002056 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2057 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002058 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002059 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2060 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2061 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2062 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
2063 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2064 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2065 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2066 // GCC cast to union extension
2067 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2068 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2069 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2070 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2071 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2072 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2073 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2074 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2075 break;
2076 }
2077 }
2078 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2079 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2080 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2081 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002082 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002083 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002084 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002085 }
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002086 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
2087 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002088 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2089 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002090 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002091 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2092 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2093 return true;
2094 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2095 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2096 return true;
2097 }
2098 return false;
2099}
2100
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002101bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002102 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
2103
2104 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002105 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002106 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
2107 Ty->isVectorType() ?
2108 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002109 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002110 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002111 } else
2112 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002113 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002114 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002115
2116 return false;
2117}
2118
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002119Action::OwningExprResult
2120Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2121 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2122 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2123 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002124
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002125 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002126 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2127
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002128 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002129 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002130 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002131 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002132}
2133
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002134/// Note that lex is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2135/// In that case, lex = cond.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002136inline QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
2137 Expr *&cond, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation questionLoc) {
2138 UsualUnaryConversions(cond);
2139 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2140 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2141 QualType condT = cond->getType();
2142 QualType lexT = lex->getType();
2143 QualType rexT = rex->getType();
2144
2145 // first, check the condition.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002146 if (!cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2147 if (!condT->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2148 Diag(cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) << condT;
2149 return QualType();
2150 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002151 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002152
2153 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002154 if ((lex && lex->isTypeDependent()) || (rex && rex->isTypeDependent()))
2155 return Context.DependentTy;
2156
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002157 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2158 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
2159 if (lexT->isArithmeticType() && rexT->isArithmeticType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002160 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2161 return lex->getType();
2162 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002163
2164 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2165 // type.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002166 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = lexT->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002167 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = rexT->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002168 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002169 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
2170 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
2171 return lexT.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002172 }
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002173
2174 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002175 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
2176 if (lexT->isVoidType() || rexT->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002177 if (!lexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002178 Diag(rex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2179 << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002180 if (!rexT->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00002181 Diag(lex->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2182 << lex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002183 ImpCastExprToType(lex, Context.VoidTy);
2184 ImpCastExprToType(rex, Context.VoidTy);
2185 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002186 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002187 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2188 // the type of the other operand."
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002189 if ((lexT->isPointerType() || lexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2190 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002191 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002192 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002193 return lexT;
2194 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002195 if ((rexT->isPointerType() || rexT->isBlockPointerType() ||
2196 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) &&
Anders Carlssonf8aa8702008-12-01 06:28:23 +00002197 lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002198 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rexT); // promote the null to a pointer.
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002199 return rexT;
2200 }
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002201 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2202 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002203 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = lexT->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2204 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rexT->getAsPointerType()) {
2205 // get the "pointed to" types
2206 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2207 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002208
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002209 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2210 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002211 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002212 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2213 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002214 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2215 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2216 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2217 return destType;
2218 }
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002219 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002220 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002221 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2222 ImpCastExprToType(lex, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2223 ImpCastExprToType(rex, destType); // promote to void*
2224 return destType;
2225 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002226
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002227 QualType compositeType = lexT;
2228
2229 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2230 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2231 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT) ||
2232 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) {
2233 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2234 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2235 // type. This allows
2236 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2237 // where B is a subclass of A.
2238 //
2239 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2240 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2241 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2242 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2243
2244 // FIXME: This code should not be localized to here. Also this
2245 // should use a compatible check instead of abusing the
2246 // canAssignObjCInterfaces code.
2247 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2248 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2249 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2250 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2251 compositeType = lexT;
2252 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor5183f9e2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002253 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002254 compositeType = rexT;
2255 } else if (Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee) ||
2256 Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee)) {
2257 // FIXME: This code looks wrong, because isObjCIdType checks
2258 // the struct but getObjCIdType returns the pointer to
2259 // struct. This is horrible and should be fixed.
2260 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2261 } else {
2262 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
2263 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2264 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2265 return incompatTy;
2266 }
2267 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2268 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002269 Diag(questionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002270 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002271 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2272 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2273 // to get a consistent AST.
2274 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002275 ImpCastExprToType(lex, incompatTy);
2276 ImpCastExprToType(rex, incompatTy);
2277 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002278 }
2279 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002280 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2281 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2282 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2283 // type.
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002284 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmanca07c902008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002285 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedmane38150e2008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002286 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2287 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2288 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002289 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002290 }
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002291 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2292 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
2293 // id with statically typed objects).
2294 if (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2295 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2296 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2297 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
2298 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lexT, rexT, true) ||
2299 (lexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2300 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(rexT)) ||
2301 (rexT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2302 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(lexT))) {
2303 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2304 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2305 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2306 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2307 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2308 // cases. Investigate.
2309 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2310 ImpCastExprToType(lex, compositeType);
2311 ImpCastExprToType(rex, compositeType);
2312 return compositeType;
2313 }
2314 }
2315
Steve Naroff3eac7692008-09-10 19:17:48 +00002316 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2317 if (lexT->isBlockPointerType() && rexT->isBlockPointerType() &&
2318 Context.getCanonicalType(lexT) == Context.getCanonicalType(rexT))
2319 return lexT;
2320
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002321 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002322 Diag(questionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002323 << lexT << rexT << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002324 return QualType();
2325}
2326
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002327/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002328/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002329Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2330 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2331 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2332 ExprArg RHS) {
2333 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2334 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002335
2336 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2337 // was the condition.
2338 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2339 if (isLHSNull)
2340 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002341
2342 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002343 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
2344 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002345 return ExprError();
2346
2347 Cond.release();
2348 LHS.release();
2349 RHS.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002350 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
2351 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2352 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002353}
2354
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002355
2356// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
2357// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
2358// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2359// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2360// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002361Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002362Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2363 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2364
2365 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002366 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2367 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002368
2369 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002370 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2371 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002372
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002373 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002374
2375 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2376 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2377 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Chris Lattner35fef522008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002378 // FIXME: Handle ASQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002379 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002380 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002381
2382 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2383 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
2384 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002385 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002386 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002387 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002388
2389 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002390 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2391 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002392 }
2393
2394 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002395 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002396 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002397
2398 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002399 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2400 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002401 }
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002402
2403 // Check for ObjC interfaces
2404 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2405 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2406 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2407 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
2408 return ConvTy;
2409
2410 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2411 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(rhptee))
2412 return ConvTy;
2413 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(lhptee))
2414 return ConvTy;
2415
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002416 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
2417 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002418 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2419 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2420 return IncompatiblePointer; // this "trumps" PointerAssignDiscardsQualifiers
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002421 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002422}
2423
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002424/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2425/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2426/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2427// types.
2428Sema::AssignConvertType
2429Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
2430 QualType rhsType) {
2431 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
2432
2433 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2434 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2435 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2436
2437 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2438 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2439 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
2440
2441 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
2442
2443 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2444 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2445 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
2446
2447 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
2448 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
2449 return ConvTy;
2450}
2451
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002452/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2453/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
2454/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2455///
2456/// int a, *pint;
2457/// short *pshort;
2458/// struct foo *pfoo;
2459///
2460/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2461/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2462/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2463/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2464///
2465/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
2466/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002467///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002468Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002469Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002470 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2471 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002472 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2473 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002474
2475 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002476 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002477
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002478 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2479 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2480 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2481 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2482 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2483 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2484 // type.
2485 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2486 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002487 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002488 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002489 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002490
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002491 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2492 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002493 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002494 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2495 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2496 return IntToPointer;
2497 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2498 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002499 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002500 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002501
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002502 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002503 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002504 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2505 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002506 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002507
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002508 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
2509 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
2510 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002511 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2512 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002513 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002514 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002515 }
2516 return Incompatible;
2517 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002518
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002519 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002520 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002521
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002522 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002523 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002524 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002525
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002526 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002527 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002528
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002529 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002530 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002531 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002532
2533 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2534 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2535 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2536 return Compatible;
2537 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002538 return Incompatible;
2539 }
2540
2541 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2542 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2543 return IntToPointer;
2544
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002545 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2546 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2547 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2548 return Compatible;
2549
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002550 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
2551 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
2552
2553 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
2554 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002555 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002556 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002557 return Incompatible;
2558 }
2559
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002560 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002561 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002562 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
2563 return Compatible;
2564
2565 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002566 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002567
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002568 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002569 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002570
2571 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
2572 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002573 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002574 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002575 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002576
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002577 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002578 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002579 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002580 }
2581 return Incompatible;
2582}
2583
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002584Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002585Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002586 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2587 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
2588 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
2589 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
2590 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00002591 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
2592 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002593 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregorbb461502008-10-24 04:54:22 +00002594 else
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002595 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002596 }
2597
2598 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
2599 // structures.
2600 }
2601
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002602 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
2603 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00002604 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() || lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
2605 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00002606 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002607 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00002608 return Compatible;
2609 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002610
2611 // We don't allow conversion of non-null-pointer constants to integers.
2612 if (lhsType->isBlockPointerType() && rExpr->getType()->isIntegerType())
2613 return IntToBlockPointer;
2614
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002615 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002616 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002617 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002618 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002619 //
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002620 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00002621 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
2622 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002623
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002624 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
2625 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002626
2627 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
2628 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002629 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
2630 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
2631 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
2632 // does not have reference type.
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002633 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002634 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00002635 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002636}
2637
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002638Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002639Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2640 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
2641}
2642
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002643QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002644 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00002645 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002646 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002647 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002648}
2649
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002650inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002651 Expr *&rex) {
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002652 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
2653 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002654 QualType lhsType =
2655 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
2656 QualType rhsType =
2657 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002658
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002659 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00002660 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002661 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002662
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002663 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
2664 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002665 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
2666 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
2667 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002668 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
2669 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002670 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002671 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002672 }
2673 }
2674 }
2675
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002676 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
2677 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002678 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002679 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2680
2681 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2682 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
2683 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002684 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002685 return lhsType;
2686 }
2687 }
2688
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002689 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002690 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002691 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002692 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
2693
2694 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
2695 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
2696 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002697 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00002698 return rhsType;
2699 }
2700 }
2701
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002702 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002703 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002704 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002705 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002706 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00002707}
2708
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002709inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002710 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002711{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00002712 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002713 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002714
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002715 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002716
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002717 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002718 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002719 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002720}
2721
2722inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002723 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002724{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00002725 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2726 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2727 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2728 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
2729 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002730
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002731 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002732
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002733 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002734 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002735 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002736}
2737
2738inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002739 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002740{
2741 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002742 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002743
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002744 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002745
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002746 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
2747 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002748 return compType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002749
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002750 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
2751 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
2752 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
2753 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
2754
2755 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
2756 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
2757 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
2758 if (!PTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
2759 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002760 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2761 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
2762 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
2763 return QualType();
2764 }
2765
2766 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002767 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2768 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002769 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002770 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2771 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2772 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2773 return QualType();
2774 }
2775
2776 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2777 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002778 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002779 } else {
2780 DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
2781 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
2782 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
2783 lex->getType());
2784 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00002785 }
2786 }
2787 return PExp->getType();
2788 }
2789 }
2790
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002791 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002792}
2793
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002794// C99 6.5.6
2795QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002796 SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002797 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002798 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002799
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002800 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002801
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002802 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
2803
2804 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002805 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00002806 return compType;
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002807
2808 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
2809 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002810 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002811
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002812 // The LHS must be an object type, not incomplete, function, etc.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002813 if (!lpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002814 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002815 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002816 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2817 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00002818 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2819 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2820 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2821 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
2822 return QualType();
2823 }
2824
2825 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2826 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2827 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002828 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002830 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002831 return QualType();
2832 }
2833 }
2834
2835 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
2836 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
2837 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002838
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002839 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
2840 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002841 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
2842
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002843 // RHS must be an object type, unless void (GNU).
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002844 if (!rpointee->isObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002845 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00002846 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
2847 if (!lpointee->isVoidType())
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002848 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
2849 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf93eda12009-01-23 19:03:35 +00002850 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
2851 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2852 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
2853 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
2854 return QualType();
2855 }
2856
2857 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
2858 if (!lpointee->isFunctionType())
2859 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
2860 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002861 } else {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002862 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002863 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002864 return QualType();
2865 }
2866 }
2867
2868 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedman583c31e2008-09-02 05:09:35 +00002869 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
2870 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
2871 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002872 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002873 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002874 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00002875 return QualType();
2876 }
2877
2878 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
2879 }
2880 }
2881
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002882 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002883}
2884
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002885// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002886QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002887 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002888 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
2889 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002890 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002891
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002892 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
2893 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00002894 if (!isCompAssign)
2895 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00002896 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2897
2898 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
2899 return lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002900}
2901
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002902static bool areComparableObjCInterfaces(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
2903 ASTContext& Context) {
2904 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2905 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2906 // ID acts sort of like void* for ObjC interfaces
2907 if (LHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(RHS))
2908 return true;
2909 if (RHSIface && Context.isObjCIdType(LHS))
2910 return true;
2911 if (!LHSIface || !RHSIface)
2912 return false;
2913 return Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface) ||
2914 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface);
2915}
2916
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002917// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002918QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002919 bool isRelational) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002920 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002921 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002922
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002923 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00002924 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2925 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
2926 else {
2927 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
2928 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
2929 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002930 QualType lType = lex->getType();
2931 QualType rType = rex->getType();
2932
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002933 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
2934 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
2935 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002936 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Ted Kremenek87e30c52008-01-17 16:57:34 +00002937 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
2938 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002939 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002940 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00002941 }
2942
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002943 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
2944 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
2945
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002946 if (isRelational) {
2947 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002948 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002949 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002950 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00002951 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
2952 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00002953 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00002954 }
2955
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002956 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002957 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002958 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002959
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00002960 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2961 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
2962
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00002963 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
2964 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
2965 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00002966 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002967 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002968 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002969 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002970 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00002971
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00002972 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00002973 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
2974 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00002975 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2976 !areComparableObjCInterfaces(LCanPointeeTy, RCanPointeeTy, Context)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002977 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002978 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002979 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00002980 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002981 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00002982 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002983 // Handle block pointer types.
2984 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
2985 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2986 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2987
2988 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
2989 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00002990 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002991 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002992 }
2993 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00002994 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002995 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00002996 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
2997 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
2998 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
2999 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003001 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003002 }
3003 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003004 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003005 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003006
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003007 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003008 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003009 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3010 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
3011 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
3012 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3013 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
3014 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
3015
3016 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3017 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003018 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003019 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003020 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003021 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003022 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003023 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003024 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003025 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003026 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3027 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003028 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003029 } else {
3030 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003031 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003032 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003033 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003034 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003035 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003036 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003037 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003038 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
3039 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003040 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003041 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003042 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003043 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003044 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003045 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003046 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
3047 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003048 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003049 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003050 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003051 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003052 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003053 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003054 // Handle block pointers.
3055 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3056 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003057 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003058 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003059 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003060 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003061 }
3062 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3063 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003064 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003065 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003066 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003067 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003068 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003069 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003070}
3071
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003072/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
3073/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
3074/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3075/// types.
3076QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003077 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003078 bool isRelational) {
3079 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3080 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003081 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003082 if (vType.isNull())
3083 return vType;
3084
3085 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3086 QualType rType = rex->getType();
3087
3088 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3089 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3090 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3091 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3092 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3093 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3094 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003095 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003096 }
3097
3098 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3099 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3100 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003101 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003102 }
3103
3104 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3105 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3106 // elements for floating point vectors.
3107 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3108 return lType;
3109
3110 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003111 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003112 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003113 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003114 else if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
3115 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3116
3117 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
3118 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003119 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3120}
3121
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003122inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003123 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003124{
3125 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003126 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003127
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003128 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003129
3130 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003131 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003132 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003133}
3134
3135inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003136 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003137{
3138 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3139 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3140
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003141 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003142 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003143 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003144}
3145
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003146/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3147/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3148/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3149///
3150static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
3151{
3152 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3153 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3154 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3155 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3156 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
3157 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
3158 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3159 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3160 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3161 return true;
3162 }
3163 }
3164 return false;
3165}
3166
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003167/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3168/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3169static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003170 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3171 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3172 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003173 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3174 return false;
3175
3176 unsigned Diag = 0;
3177 bool NeedType = false;
3178 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3179 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3180 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003181 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003182 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3183 NeedType = true;
3184 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003185 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003186 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3187 NeedType = true;
3188 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003189 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003190 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3191 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003192 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003193 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3194 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003195 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3196 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003197 return S.DiagnoseIncompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
3198 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3199 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003200 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003201 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3202 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003203 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003204 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3205 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003206 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3207 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3208 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003209 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3210 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3211 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003212 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003213
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003214 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003215 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003216 else
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003217 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003218 return true;
3219}
3220
3221
3222
3223// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003224QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3225 SourceLocation Loc,
3226 QualType CompoundType) {
3227 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3228 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003229 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003230
3231 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3232 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003233
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003234 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003235 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003236 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003237 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003238 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3239 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3240 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3241 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3242 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3243 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3244 ConvTy = Compatible;
3245
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003246 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3247 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3248 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003249 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003250 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3251 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3252 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3253 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3254 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003255 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003256 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003257 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc())
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003258 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3259 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3260 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003261 }
3262 } else {
3263 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003264 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003265 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003266
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003267 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3268 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003269 return QualType();
3270
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003271 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3272 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
3273 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
3274 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3275 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003276 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3277 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003278 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003279}
3280
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003281// C99 6.5.17
3282QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
3283 // FIXME: what is required for LHS?
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003284
3285 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003286 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
3287 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003288}
3289
3290/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3291/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003292QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3293 bool isInc) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003294 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3295 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003296
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003297 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3298 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3299 if (!isInc) {
3300 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3301 return QualType();
3302 }
3303 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3304 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3305 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003306 // OK!
3307 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3308 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
3309 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isObjectType()) {
3310 // Pointer to object is ok!
3311 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003312 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3313 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3314 << Op->getSourceRange();
3315 return QualType();
3316 }
3317
3318 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003319 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003320 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003321 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3322 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3323 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3324 return QualType();
3325 }
3326
3327 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003328 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003329 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003330 } else {
3331 DiagnoseIncompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3332 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3333 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3334 ResType);
3335 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003336 }
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003337 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3338 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3339 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003340 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003341 } else {
3342 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003343 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003344 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003345 }
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003346 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
3347 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003348 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003349 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003350 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003351}
3352
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003353/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003354/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003355/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3356/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3357/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3358/// - &(x) => x
3359/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3360/// - &s.xx => s
3361/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3362/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3363/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3364/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003365static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003366 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003367 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003368 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003369 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003370 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003371 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3372 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003373 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003374 return 0;
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003375 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003376 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003377 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003378
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003379 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar612720d2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003380 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlsson655694e2008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003381 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003382 return 0;
3383 else
3384 return VD;
3385 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003386 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3387 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
3388
3389 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3390 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3391 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003392 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3393 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3394 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3395 return 0;
3396 return VD;
3397 }
3398 return 0;
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003399 }
3400 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3401 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3402 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3403 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3404 default:
3405 return 0;
3406 }
3407 }
3408 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3409 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3410
3411 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3412 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3413
3414 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3415 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3416 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3417 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3418 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3419 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3420 }
3421 }
3422
3423 return 0;
3424 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003425 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003426 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003427 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3428 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003429 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003430 default:
3431 return 0;
3432 }
3433}
3434
3435/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
3436/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
3437/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
3438/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
3439/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003440/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
3441/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003442QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003443 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3444 return Context.DependentTy;
3445
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003446 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3447 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3448 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3449 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3450 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3451 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3452 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3453 }
3454 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
3455 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
3456 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003457 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00003458 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00003459
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003460 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003461 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
3462 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003463 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
3464 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003465 return QualType();
3466 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003467 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00003468 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
3469 if (Field->isBitField()) {
3470 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3471 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
3472 return QualType();
3473 }
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003474 }
3475 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
3476 } else if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
3477 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003478 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3479 << "vector" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00003480 return QualType();
3481 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003482 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
3483 // with the register storage-class specifier.
3484 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
3485 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003486 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
3487 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003488 return QualType();
3489 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003490 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003491 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003492 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
3493 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00003494 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
3495 // scope qualifier for the class.
3496 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3497 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3498 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3499 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3500 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3501 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003502 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
3503 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003504 // As above.
3505 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
3506 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
3507 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
3508 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
3509 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
3510 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00003511 }
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00003512 else
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003513 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003514 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003515
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003516 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
3517 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
3518}
3519
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003520QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
3521 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
3522 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003523
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003524 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
3525 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
3526 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
3527 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
3528 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003529 return PT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003530
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003531 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003532 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003533 return QualType();
3534}
3535
3536static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
3537 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3538 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3539 switch (Kind) {
3540 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003541 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
3542 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003543 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
3544 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
3545 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
3546 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
3547 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
3548 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
3549 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
3550 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
3551 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
3552 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
3553 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
3554 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
3555 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
3556 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
3557 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
3558 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
3559 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
3560 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
3561 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
3562 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
3563 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
3564 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
3565 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
3566 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
3567 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
3568 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
3569 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
3570 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
3571 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
3572 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
3573 }
3574 return Opc;
3575}
3576
3577static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
3578 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
3579 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
3580 switch (Kind) {
3581 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
3582 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
3583 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
3584 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
3585 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
3586 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
3587 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
3588 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
3589 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003590 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
3591 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
3592 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
3593 }
3594 return Opc;
3595}
3596
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003597/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
3598/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
3599/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003600Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3601 unsigned Op,
3602 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003603 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
3604 QualType CompTy; // Computation type for compound assignments (e.g. '+=')
3605 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
3606
3607 switch (Opc) {
3608 default:
3609 assert(0 && "Unknown binary expr!");
3610 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
3611 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
3612 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003613 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
3614 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
3615 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
3616 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
3617 break;
3618 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003619 case BinaryOperator::Div:
3620 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3621 break;
3622 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
3623 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3624 break;
3625 case BinaryOperator::Add:
3626 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3627 break;
3628 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
3629 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3630 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003631 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003632 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
3633 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3634 break;
3635 case BinaryOperator::LE:
3636 case BinaryOperator::LT:
3637 case BinaryOperator::GE:
3638 case BinaryOperator::GT:
3639 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3640 break;
3641 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
3642 case BinaryOperator::NE:
3643 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false);
3644 break;
3645 case BinaryOperator::And:
3646 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
3647 case BinaryOperator::Or:
3648 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3649 break;
3650 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
3651 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
3652 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3653 break;
3654 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
3655 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
3656 CompTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3657 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3658 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3659 break;
3660 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
3661 CompTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3662 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3663 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3664 break;
3665 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
3666 CompTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3667 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3668 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3669 break;
3670 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
3671 CompTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3672 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3673 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3674 break;
3675 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
3676 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
3677 CompTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3678 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3679 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3680 break;
3681 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
3682 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
3683 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
3684 CompTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
3685 if (!CompTy.isNull())
3686 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompTy);
3687 break;
3688 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
3689 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
3690 break;
3691 }
3692 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003693 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003694 if (CompTy.isNull())
3695 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
3696 else
3697 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Steve Naroff8b9a98d2009-01-20 21:06:31 +00003698 CompTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003699}
3700
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003701// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003702Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3703 tok::TokenKind Kind,
3704 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003705 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003706 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003707
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003708 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
3709 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003710
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003711 // If either expression is type-dependent, just build the AST.
3712 // FIXME: We'll need to perform some caching of the result of name
3713 // lookup for operator+.
3714 if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003715 if (Opc > BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
3716 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003717 Context.DependentTy,
3718 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003719 else
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003720 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc,
3721 Context.DependentTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003722 }
3723
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003724 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Opc != BinaryOperator::PtrMemD &&
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003725 (lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3726 rhs->getType()->isRecordType() || rhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003727 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
3728 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
3729 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
3730 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
3731 !(lhs->getType()->isRecordType() || lhs->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3732 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
3733 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003734
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003735 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3736 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003737 // Overloading .* is not possible.
3738 static_cast<OverloadedOperatorKind>(0), OO_ArrowStar,
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003739 OO_Star, OO_Slash, OO_Percent,
3740 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3741 OO_LessLess, OO_GreaterGreater,
3742 OO_Less, OO_Greater, OO_LessEqual, OO_GreaterEqual,
3743 OO_EqualEqual, OO_ExclaimEqual,
3744 OO_Amp,
3745 OO_Caret,
3746 OO_Pipe,
3747 OO_AmpAmp,
3748 OO_PipePipe,
3749 OO_Equal, OO_StarEqual,
3750 OO_SlashEqual, OO_PercentEqual,
3751 OO_PlusEqual, OO_MinusEqual,
3752 OO_LessLessEqual, OO_GreaterGreaterEqual,
3753 OO_AmpEqual, OO_CaretEqual,
3754 OO_PipeEqual,
3755 OO_Comma
3756 };
3757 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3758
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003759 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3760 // to the candidate set.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003761 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003762 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003763 if (AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, TokLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet))
3764 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003765
3766 // Perform overload resolution.
3767 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3768 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3769 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003770 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003771 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3772
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003773 if (FnDecl) {
3774 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3775 // operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003776
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003778 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3779 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(lhs, Method) ||
3780 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3781 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003782 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003783 } else {
3784 // Convert the arguments.
3785 if (PerformCopyInitialization(lhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3786 "passing") ||
3787 PerformCopyInitialization(rhs, FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
3788 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003789 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5ed15042008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003790 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003791
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003793 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003794 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3795 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003796
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003797 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003798 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3799 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor65fedaf2008-11-14 16:09:21 +00003800 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3801
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003802 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003803 ResultTy, TokLoc));
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003804 } else {
3805 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3806 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3807 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003808 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3809 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
3810 PerformImplicitConversion(rhs, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
3811 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003812 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003813
3814 break;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003815 }
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003816 }
3817
3818 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3819 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003820 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003821 break;
3822
3823 case OR_Ambiguous:
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003824 Diag(TokLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3825 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3826 << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003827 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003828 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003829 }
3830
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003831 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3832 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
3833 // build a built-in operation.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003834 }
3835
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00003836 // Build a built-in binary operation.
3837 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003838}
3839
3840// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003841Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3842 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
3843 // FIXME: Input is modified later, but smart pointer not reassigned.
3844 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003845 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003846
3847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3848 (Input->getType()->isRecordType()
3849 || Input->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3850 // Determine which overloaded operator we're dealing with.
3851 static const OverloadedOperatorKind OverOps[] = {
3852 OO_None, OO_None,
3853 OO_PlusPlus, OO_MinusMinus,
3854 OO_Amp, OO_Star,
3855 OO_Plus, OO_Minus,
3856 OO_Tilde, OO_Exclaim,
3857 OO_None, OO_None,
3858 OO_None,
3859 OO_None
3860 };
3861 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = OverOps[Opc];
3862
3863 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
3864 // to the candidate set.
3865 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor48a87322009-02-04 16:44:47 +00003866 if (OverOp != OO_None &&
3867 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, &Input, 1, CandidateSet))
3868 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003869
3870 // Perform overload resolution.
3871 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
3872 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
3873 case OR_Success: {
3874 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
3875 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
3876
3877 if (FnDecl) {
3878 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
3879 // operator.
3880
3881 // Convert the arguments.
3882 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
3883 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003884 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003885 } else {
3886 // Convert the arguments.
3887 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
3888 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
3889 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003890 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003891 }
3892
3893 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003894 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003895 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
3896 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003897
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003898 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003899 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
3900 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003901 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
3902
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003903 input.release();
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003904 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, FnExpr, &Input, 1,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003905 ResultTy, OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003906 } else {
3907 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
3908 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
3909 // operator node.
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003910 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
3911 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003912 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003913
3914 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003915 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003916 }
3917
3918 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
3919 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
3920 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
3921 break;
3922
3923 case OR_Ambiguous:
3924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
3925 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
3926 << Input->getSourceRange();
3927 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003928 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003929 }
3930
3931 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
3932 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003933 // build a built-in operation.
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003934 }
3935
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003936 QualType resultType;
3937 switch (Opc) {
3938 default:
3939 assert(0 && "Unimplemented unary expr!");
3940 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
3941 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003942 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
3943 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003944 break;
3945 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
3946 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3947 break;
3948 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00003949 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003950 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
3951 break;
3952 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
3953 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
3954 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3955 resultType = Input->getType();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003956 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
3957 break;
3958 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
3959 resultType->isEnumeralType())
3960 break;
3961 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
3962 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
3963 resultType->isPointerType())
3964 break;
3965
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003966 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3967 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003968 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
3969 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
3970 resultType = Input->getType();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003971 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
3972 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
3973 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003974 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003975 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00003976 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003977 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3978 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003979 break;
3980 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
3981 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
3982 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
3983 resultType = Input->getType();
3984 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003985 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
3986 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003987 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003988 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
3989 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003990 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003991 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003992 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner5110ad52007-08-24 21:41:10 +00003993 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00003994 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003995 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003996 resultType = Input->getType();
3997 break;
3998 }
3999 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004000 return ExprError();
4001 input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004002 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004003}
4004
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004005/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
4006Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004007 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4008 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
4009 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
4010 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = LabelMap[LabelII];
4011
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004012 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4013 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004014 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004015 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004016
4017 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004018 return new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4019 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004020}
4021
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004022Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtTy *substmt,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004023 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4024 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt);
4025 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4026 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4027
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004028 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4029 if (isFileScope) {
4030 return Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope);
4031 }
4032
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004033 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4034 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4035 // More semantic analysis is needed.
4036
4037 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4038 // should not warn about it being unused.
4039
4040 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4041 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4042 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
4043
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004044 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4045 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4046 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4047 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4048 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
4049
4050 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004051 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004052 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004053
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004054 return new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004055}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004056
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004057Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4058 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004059 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4060 TypeTy *argty,
4061 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4062 unsigned NumComponents,
4063 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4064 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4065 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
4066
4067 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4068 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4069 // a struct/union/class.
4070 if (!ArgTy->isRecordType())
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004071 return Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004072
4073 // Otherwise, create a compound literal expression as the base, and
4074 // iteratively process the offsetof designators.
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004075 InitListExpr *IList =
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00004076 new (Context) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(), 0, 0, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004077 IList->setType(ArgTy);
4078 Expr *Res =
4079 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), ArgTy, IList, false);
4080
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004081 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4082 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
4083 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004084 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4085 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004086
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004087 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4088 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4089 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4090 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004091 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004092 if (!AT) {
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004093 Res->Destroy(Context);
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004094 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004095 }
4096
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004097 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4098
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004099 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4100 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
4101 if (!Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004102 return Diag(Idx->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4103 << Idx->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004104
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004105 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4106 OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004107 continue;
4108 }
4109
4110 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4111 if (!RC) {
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004112 Res->Destroy(Context);
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004113 return Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << Res->getType();
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004114 }
4115
4116 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4117 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004118 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00004119 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4120 LookupMemberName)
4121 .getAsDecl());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004122 if (!MemberDecl)
Chris Lattner65cae292008-11-19 08:23:25 +00004123 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4124 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd);
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004125
4126 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4127 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00004128 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4129 // matter here.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004130 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4131 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004132 }
4133
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004134 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4135 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc);
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004136}
4137
4138
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004139Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004140 TypeTy *arg1, TypeTy *arg2,
4141 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4142 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4143 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
4144
4145 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4146
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004147 return new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc, argT1,
4148 argT2, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004149}
4150
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004151Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, ExprTy *cond,
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004152 ExprTy *expr1, ExprTy *expr2,
4153 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4154 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond);
4155 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1);
4156 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2);
4157
4158 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4159
4160 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4161 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4162 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4163 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004164 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4165 << CondExpr->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004166
4167 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4168 QualType resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() :
4169 RHSExpr->getType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004170 return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4171 resType, RPLoc);
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004172}
4173
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4175// Clang Extensions.
4176//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4177
4178/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004179void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004180 // Analyze block parameters.
4181 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
4182
4183 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4184 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4185 CurBlock = BSI;
4186
4187 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4188 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
4189
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004190 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004191 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004192}
4193
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004194void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4195 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4196
4197 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4198 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4199 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4200
4201 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4202 if (T.isNull())
4203 T = Context.DependentTy;
4204
4205 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4206 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4207 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4208
4209 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4210 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4211 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4212 .getTypePtr();
4213
4214 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4215 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4216 return;
4217 }
4218
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004219 // Analyze arguments to block.
4220 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4221 "Not a function declarator!");
4222 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004223
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004224 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4225 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004226
4227 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4228 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4229 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4230 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
4231 (!((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType().getCVRQualifiers() &&
4232 ((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType())) {
4233 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004234 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004235 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4236 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004237 CurBlock->Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
4238 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004239 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4240
4241 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4242 .getTypePtr();
4243
4244 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4245 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004246 }
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004247 CurBlock->TheDecl->setArgs(&CurBlock->Params[0], CurBlock->Params.size());
4248
4249 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4250 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4251 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4252 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4253 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004254}
4255
4256/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4257/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4258void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4259 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4260 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
4261
4262 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4263 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4264
4265 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
4266
4267}
4268
4269/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4270/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4271Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, StmtTy *body,
4272 Scope *CurScope) {
4273 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4274 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004275 ExprOwningPtr<CompoundStmt> Body(this, static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004276
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004277 PopDeclContext();
4278
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004279 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4280 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
4281
4282 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4283 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4284 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
4285
4286 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4287 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4288 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
4289
4290 QualType BlockTy;
4291 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
4292 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionTypeNoProto(RetTy);
4293 else
4294 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004295 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004296
4297 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Steve Naroff9ac456d2008-10-08 17:01:13 +00004298
Steve Naroff95029d92008-10-08 18:44:00 +00004299 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(Body.take());
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004300 return new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004301}
4302
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004303/// ExprsMatchFnType - return true if the Exprs in array Args have
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004304/// QualTypes that match the QualTypes of the arguments of the FnType.
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004305/// The number of arguments has already been validated to match the number of
4306/// arguments in FnType.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004307static bool ExprsMatchFnType(Expr **Args, const FunctionTypeProto *FnType,
4308 ASTContext &Context) {
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004309 unsigned NumParams = FnType->getNumArgs();
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004310 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004311 QualType ExprTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Args[i]->getType());
4312 QualType ParmTy = Context.getCanonicalType(FnType->getArgType(i));
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004313
4314 if (ExprTy.getUnqualifiedType() != ParmTy.getUnqualifiedType())
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004315 return false;
Nate Begeman778fd3b2008-04-18 23:35:14 +00004316 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004317 return true;
4318}
4319
4320Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnOverloadExpr(ExprTy **args, unsigned NumArgs,
4321 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4322 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4323 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004324 // __builtin_overload requires at least 2 arguments
4325 if (NumArgs < 2)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004326 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4327 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004328
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004329 // The first argument is required to be a constant expression. It tells us
4330 // the number of arguments to pass to each of the functions to be overloaded.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004331 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004332 Expr *NParamsExpr = Args[0];
4333 llvm::APSInt constEval(32);
4334 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4335 if (!NParamsExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(constEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004336 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4337 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004338
4339 // Verify that the number of parameters is > 0
4340 unsigned NumParams = constEval.getZExtValue();
4341 if (NumParams == 0)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004342 return Diag(ExpLoc, diag::err_overload_expr_requires_non_zero_constant)
4343 << NParamsExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004344 // Verify that we have at least 1 + NumParams arguments to the builtin.
4345 if ((NumParams + 1) > NumArgs)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004346 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
4347 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004348
4349 // Figure out the return type, by matching the args to one of the functions
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004350 // listed after the parameters.
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004351 OverloadExpr *OE = 0;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004352 for (unsigned i = NumParams + 1; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
4353 // UsualUnaryConversions will convert the function DeclRefExpr into a
4354 // pointer to function.
4355 Expr *Fn = UsualUnaryConversions(Args[i]);
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004356 const FunctionTypeProto *FnType = 0;
4357 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType())
4358 FnType = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionTypeProto();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004359
4360 // The Expr type must be FunctionTypeProto, since FunctionTypeProto has no
4361 // parameters, and the number of parameters must match the value passed to
4362 // the builtin.
4363 if (!FnType || (FnType->getNumArgs() != NumParams))
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004364 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_incorrect_fntype)
4365 << Fn->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004366
4367 // Scan the parameter list for the FunctionType, checking the QualType of
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004368 // each parameter against the QualTypes of the arguments to the builtin.
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004369 // If they match, return a new OverloadExpr.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004370 if (ExprsMatchFnType(Args+1, FnType, Context)) {
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004371 if (OE)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004372 return Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_overload_multiple_match)
4373 << OE->getFn()->getSourceRange();
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004374 // Remember our match, and continue processing the remaining arguments
4375 // to catch any errors.
Ted Kremenekf1a67122009-02-09 17:08:14 +00004376 OE = new (Context) OverloadExpr(Context, Args, NumArgs, i,
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004377 FnType->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004378 BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
4379 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004380 }
Nate Begemanc6078c92008-01-31 05:38:29 +00004381 // Return the newly created OverloadExpr node, if we succeded in matching
4382 // exactly one of the candidate functions.
4383 if (OE)
4384 return OE;
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004385
4386 // If we didn't find a matching function Expr in the __builtin_overload list
4387 // the return an error.
4388 std::string typeNames;
Nate Begemanbd881ef2008-01-30 20:50:20 +00004389 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; ++i) {
4390 if (i != 0) typeNames += ", ";
4391 typeNames += Args[i+1]->getType().getAsString();
4392 }
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004393
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004394 return Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_overload_no_match)
4395 << typeNames << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
Nate Begeman9f3bfb72008-01-17 17:46:27 +00004396}
4397
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004398Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4399 ExprTy *expr, TypeTy *type,
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004400 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004401 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr);
4402 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
4403
4404 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004405
4406 // Get the va_list type
4407 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4408 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4409 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4410 // a pointer for va_arg.
4411 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4412 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman8754e5b2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004413 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4414 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004415
4416 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible)
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004417 return Diag(E->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004418 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004419 << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004420
4421 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
4422
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004423 return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(), RPLoc);
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004424}
4425
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004426Sema::ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
4427 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4428 // pointers on the target.
4429 QualType Ty;
4430 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4431 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4432 else
4433 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4434
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004435 return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004436}
4437
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004438bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4439 SourceLocation Loc,
4440 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4441 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4442 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4443 bool isInvalid = false;
4444 unsigned DiagKind;
4445 switch (ConvTy) {
4446 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4447 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004448 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004449 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4450 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004451 case IntToPointer:
4452 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4453 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004454 case IncompatiblePointer:
4455 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4456 break;
4457 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4458 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4459 break;
4460 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004461 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4462 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4463 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4464 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4465 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4466 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4467 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4468 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4469 // C++ semantics.
4470 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4471 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4472 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004473 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4474 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004475 case IntToBlockPointer:
4476 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4477 break;
4478 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroff82324d62008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004479 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004480 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004481 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
4482 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
4483 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4484 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4485 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004486 case IncompatibleVectors:
4487 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4488 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004489 case Incompatible:
4490 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4491 isInvalid = true;
4492 break;
4493 }
4494
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004495 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4496 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004497 return isInvalid;
4498}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004499
4500bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4501{
4502 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4503
4504 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
4505 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4506 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4507
4508 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4509 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4510 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4511 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4512 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4513 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4514 }
4515
4516 return true;
4517 }
4518
4519 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4520 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
4521 E->getSourceRange();
4522
4523 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4524 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4525 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4526 }
4527
4528 if (Result)
4529 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4530 return false;
4531}